1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
113 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
114 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
115 enum bptype type_wanted
);
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
118 struct linespec_result
*,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
120 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
126 const struct event_location
*location
,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
142 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
143 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
148 struct symtab_and_line
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
152 static struct breakpoint
*
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
233 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
235 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
236 insert locations now. */
237 enum ugll_insert_mode
239 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
240 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
241 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
242 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
243 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
244 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
245 returns true on them.
247 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
248 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
249 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
250 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
251 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
252 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
256 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
257 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
260 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
261 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
262 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
263 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
264 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
265 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
266 as no thread is running yet. */
270 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
272 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
274 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
276 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
278 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
290 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
292 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
294 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
297 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
299 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
300 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
301 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
302 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
311 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
313 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
315 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
317 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
320 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
321 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
323 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
324 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
325 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
326 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
327 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
328 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
330 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
331 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
332 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
333 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
339 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
341 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
342 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
343 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
344 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
346 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
348 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
350 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
351 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
352 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
353 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
354 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
356 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
358 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
360 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
362 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
363 breakpoints share a single command list. */
364 struct counted_command_line
366 /* The reference count. */
369 /* The command list. */
370 struct command_line
*commands
;
373 struct command_line
*
374 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
376 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
379 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
380 current breakpoint. */
382 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
385 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
387 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
388 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
390 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
392 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
395 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
396 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
397 if such is available. */
398 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
401 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
402 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
405 fprintf_filtered (file
,
406 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
407 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
411 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
412 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
413 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
415 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
417 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
418 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
421 fprintf_filtered (file
,
422 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
423 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
427 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
428 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
429 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
430 use hardware breakpoints. */
431 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
433 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
434 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
437 fprintf_filtered (file
,
438 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
442 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
443 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
444 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
445 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
446 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
447 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
448 processing user input. */
449 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
452 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
453 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
455 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
459 /* See breakpoint.h. */
462 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
464 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
466 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
467 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
468 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
471 else if (target_has_execution
)
473 struct thread_info
*tp
;
475 if (always_inserted_mode
)
477 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
482 if (threads_are_executing ())
485 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
486 stopped, we still have events to process. */
487 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
489 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
495 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
497 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
498 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
499 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
501 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
502 condition_evaluation_auto
,
503 condition_evaluation_host
,
504 condition_evaluation_target
,
508 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
511 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
512 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
513 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
515 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
516 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
517 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
521 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
523 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
525 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
526 return condition_evaluation_target
;
528 return condition_evaluation_host
;
534 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
537 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
539 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
542 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
546 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
548 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
550 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
553 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
555 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
556 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
558 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
559 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
561 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
562 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
564 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
566 current breakpoint. */
568 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
571 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
572 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
575 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
576 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
577 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
580 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
581 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
584 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
585 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
586 to where the loop should start from.
587 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
588 appropriate location to start with. */
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
591 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
594 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
595 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
598 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
600 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
601 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
602 if (is_tracepoint (B))
604 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
606 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
608 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
610 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
612 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
614 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
616 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
617 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
618 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
619 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
620 an address you need to read. */
622 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
624 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
625 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
626 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
627 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
628 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
630 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
632 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
633 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
635 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
637 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
639 static int breakpoint_count
;
641 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
642 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
643 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
644 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
645 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
649 static int tracepoint_count
;
651 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
653 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
655 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
658 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
661 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
665 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
672 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
674 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
676 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
679 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
682 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
684 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
685 breakpoint_count
= num
;
686 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
689 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
690 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
691 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
693 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
697 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
699 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
702 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
706 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
708 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
711 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
714 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
722 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
723 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
725 static struct counted_command_line
*
726 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
728 struct counted_command_line
*result
729 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
732 result
->commands
= commands
;
736 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
739 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
745 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
746 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
747 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
750 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
754 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
756 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
763 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
766 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
768 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
771 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
774 static struct cleanup
*
775 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
777 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
781 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
782 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
785 get_breakpoint (int num
)
787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
790 if (b
->number
== num
)
798 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
799 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
804 struct bp_location
*loc
;
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
814 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
817 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
822 evaluating conditions on its side. */
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
827 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
828 evaluating conditions and if the user has
829 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
831 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
832 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
836 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
839 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
842 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
843 condition_evaluation_mode. */
846 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
847 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
849 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
851 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
852 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
854 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
855 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
856 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
860 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
861 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
863 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
864 settings was "auto". */
865 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
867 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
868 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
870 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
871 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
872 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
874 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
875 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
878 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
880 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
887 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
888 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
889 target knows about. */
890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
891 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
892 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
896 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
902 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
903 what "auto" is translating to. */
906 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
907 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
909 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
910 fprintf_filtered (file
,
911 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
912 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
914 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
916 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
920 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
921 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
922 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
925 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
927 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
928 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
930 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
933 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
936 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
937 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
938 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
941 static struct bp_location
**
942 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
944 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
945 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
948 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
949 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
950 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
952 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
953 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
954 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
955 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
957 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
958 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
961 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
962 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
963 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
964 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
971 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
974 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
975 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
977 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
986 struct bp_location
*loc
;
988 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
993 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
994 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
995 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1002 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1006 const char *arg
= exp
;
1008 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1009 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1010 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1011 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1013 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1017 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1019 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1021 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1022 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1026 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1028 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1032 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1033 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1035 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1039 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1044 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1047 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1065 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1084 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1085 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1086 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1089 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1092 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1094 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1102 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1104 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1107 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1109 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1110 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1111 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1112 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1113 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1115 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1117 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1118 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1119 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1121 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1123 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1124 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1129 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1132 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1133 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1134 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1137 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 struct command_line
*c
;
1141 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1145 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1147 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1150 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1152 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1153 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1154 command directly. */
1155 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1156 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1163 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1166 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1168 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1169 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1174 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1176 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1179 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1180 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1184 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1185 struct command_line
*commands
)
1187 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1189 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1190 struct command_line
*c
;
1191 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1193 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1194 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1198 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1199 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1200 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1201 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1202 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1203 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1204 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1205 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1206 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1207 tracepoint's context. */
1208 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1210 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1212 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1213 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1214 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1215 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1217 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "can be used only once"));
1226 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1230 struct command_line
*c2
;
1232 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1233 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1234 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1236 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1237 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1243 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1247 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1248 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1251 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1254 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1255 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1258 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1260 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1261 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1262 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1268 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1269 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1272 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1273 struct command_line
*commands
)
1275 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1277 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1278 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1282 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1283 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1287 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1289 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1292 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1296 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1297 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1300 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1302 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1305 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1306 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1309 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1310 breakpoint work for any task. */
1313 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1315 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1318 if (old_task
!= task
)
1319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1323 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1325 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1327 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1330 /* A structure used to pass information through
1331 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1333 struct commands_info
1335 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1338 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1341 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1342 already-parsed command. */
1343 struct command_line
*control
;
1345 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1347 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1350 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1351 commands_command. */
1354 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1356 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1358 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1360 struct command_line
*l
;
1362 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1363 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1366 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1369 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1370 "%s, one per line."),
1373 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1375 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1378 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1381 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1384 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1387 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1389 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1391 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1392 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1393 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1394 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1395 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1400 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1401 struct command_line
*control
)
1403 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1404 struct commands_info info
;
1406 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1407 info
.control
= control
;
1409 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1410 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1411 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1413 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1415 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1416 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1418 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1419 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1422 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1423 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1424 numbers will fail in this case. */
1429 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1431 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1434 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1438 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1440 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1441 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1443 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1447 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1449 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1452 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1453 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1455 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1456 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1457 enum command_control_type
1458 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1460 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1461 return simple_control
;
1464 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1467 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1469 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1473 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1474 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1479 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1480 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1483 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1484 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1485 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1488 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1489 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1490 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1491 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1492 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1499 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1500 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1502 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1506 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1508 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1509 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1511 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1513 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1518 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1520 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1525 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1526 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1528 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1529 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1530 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1534 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1536 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1540 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1542 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1543 shadow_contents buffer. */
1544 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1545 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1546 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1548 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1550 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1551 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1555 const unsigned char *bp
;
1556 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1559 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1560 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1561 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1563 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1565 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1567 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1568 breakpoint's INSN. */
1569 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1573 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1574 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1576 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1577 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1578 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1580 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1581 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1582 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1583 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1584 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1585 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1586 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1587 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1589 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1592 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1593 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1594 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1596 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1598 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1601 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1602 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1603 report higher one. */
1606 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1607 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1609 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1611 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1612 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1614 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1615 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1616 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1617 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1619 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1620 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1621 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1623 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1625 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1632 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1633 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1634 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1635 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1636 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1639 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1641 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1642 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1643 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1646 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1649 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1651 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1653 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1654 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1658 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1659 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1660 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1663 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1666 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1667 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1668 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1671 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1674 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1675 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1685 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1687 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1689 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1692 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1695 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1697 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1698 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1699 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1702 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1706 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1708 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1709 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1712 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1713 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1714 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1715 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1716 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1717 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1718 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1719 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1722 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1724 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1725 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1726 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1727 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1730 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1731 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1734 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1736 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1738 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1740 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1741 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1742 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1743 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1744 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1746 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1749 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1752 static struct value
*
1753 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1755 struct value
*bit_val
;
1760 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1762 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1765 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1772 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1773 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1774 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1775 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1777 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1779 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1780 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1783 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1784 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1785 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1786 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1787 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1788 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1789 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1790 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1792 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1793 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1794 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1795 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1796 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1797 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1798 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1799 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1802 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1803 hardware watchpoints:
1805 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1806 called several times when GDB stops.
1809 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1810 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1811 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1812 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1813 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1814 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1815 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1816 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1817 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1818 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1819 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1821 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1822 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1825 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1827 int within_current_scope
;
1828 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1831 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1832 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1833 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1834 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1837 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1842 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1843 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1844 within_current_scope
= 1;
1847 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1848 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1849 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1851 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1852 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1853 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1854 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1855 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1858 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1859 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1860 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1861 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1864 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1866 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1867 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1868 if (within_current_scope
)
1872 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1873 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1874 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1877 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1886 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1887 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1888 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1889 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1890 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1891 be completely different objects. */
1892 value_free (b
->val
);
1896 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1897 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1898 locations (re)created below. */
1899 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1901 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1903 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1907 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1908 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1912 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1913 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1914 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1915 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1916 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1917 if (!target_has_execution
)
1919 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1920 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1921 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1922 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1924 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1925 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1927 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1928 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1931 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1934 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1935 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1937 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1939 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1940 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1941 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1942 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1943 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1945 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1947 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1949 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1957 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1959 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1960 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1962 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1963 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1964 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1965 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1966 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1967 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1968 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1970 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1972 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1973 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1974 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1976 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1977 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1980 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1981 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1982 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1984 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1986 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1988 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1989 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1991 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1993 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1994 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1995 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1996 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1997 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2000 addr
= value_address (v
);
2003 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2008 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2010 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2013 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2014 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2017 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2019 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2020 loc
->address
= addr
;
2024 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2025 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2028 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2030 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2035 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2036 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2037 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2042 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2043 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2045 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2049 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2052 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2053 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2054 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2056 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2057 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2058 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2059 this watchpoint in as well. */
2061 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2062 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2063 hardware watchpoint type. */
2064 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2065 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2066 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2068 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2069 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2070 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2071 through watch_command), so always account for it
2074 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2075 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2077 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2078 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2081 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2082 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2084 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2086 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2087 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2088 "hardware watchpoint."));
2089 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2090 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2091 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2093 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2094 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2098 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2099 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2100 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2102 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2105 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2107 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2108 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2109 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2111 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2112 "read/access watchpoint."));
2115 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2117 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2118 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2119 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2120 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2123 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2125 next
= value_next (v
);
2130 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2131 above left it without any location set up. But,
2132 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2133 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2134 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2136 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2137 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2138 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2139 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2140 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2141 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2144 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2146 printf_filtered (_("\
2147 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2148 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2150 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2153 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2155 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2159 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2160 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2161 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2162 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2163 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2165 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2167 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2170 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2173 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2176 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2179 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2180 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2181 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2182 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2183 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2184 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2185 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2186 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2187 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2190 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2192 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2193 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2194 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2199 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2200 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2201 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2202 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2207 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2208 instruction that triggered one. */
2209 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2210 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2214 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2215 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2216 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2217 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2226 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2227 that the location is not duplicated. */
2230 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2233 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2236 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2237 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2241 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2242 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2243 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2244 any error during parsing. */
2246 static struct agent_expr
*
2247 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2249 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2254 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2255 that may show up. */
2258 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2261 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2263 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2264 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2265 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2270 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2274 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2275 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2276 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2277 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2278 one of them is true. */
2281 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2283 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2284 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2285 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2288 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2289 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2291 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2292 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2293 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2295 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2296 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2299 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2300 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2301 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2302 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2303 response back to GDB. */
2304 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2307 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2311 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2313 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2314 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2315 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2316 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2317 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2318 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2320 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2321 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2327 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2328 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2329 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2331 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2337 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2338 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2339 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2341 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2342 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2343 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2348 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2350 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2352 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2355 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2356 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2361 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2362 for this location's address. */
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2367 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2368 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2369 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2371 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2372 conditions to the target. */
2373 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2374 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2380 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2381 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2382 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2384 static struct agent_expr
*
2385 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2387 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2388 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2389 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2390 const char *cmdrest
;
2391 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2392 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2394 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2401 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2403 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2405 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2406 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2408 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2410 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2412 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2414 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2416 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2417 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2419 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2421 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2422 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2424 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2426 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2428 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2430 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2431 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2434 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2439 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2440 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2442 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2446 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2447 that may show up. */
2450 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2451 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2452 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2454 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2456 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2457 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2458 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2463 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2465 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2469 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2470 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2471 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2474 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2476 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2477 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2478 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2479 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2481 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2482 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2484 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2487 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2488 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2491 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2492 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2493 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2495 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2498 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2499 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2500 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2504 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2505 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2506 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2507 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2508 response back to GDB. */
2509 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2512 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2516 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2518 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2519 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2520 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2521 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2522 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2523 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2524 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2530 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2531 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2532 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2534 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2540 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2542 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2544 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2547 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2548 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2550 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2552 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2555 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2556 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2561 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2562 for this location's address. */
2563 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2566 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2567 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2568 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2569 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2571 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2572 to send the commands to the target. */
2573 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2577 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2578 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2579 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2580 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2583 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2584 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2585 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2586 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2589 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2590 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2592 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2593 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2594 int *disabled_breaks
,
2595 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2596 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2598 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2599 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2601 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2604 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2605 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2606 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2607 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2608 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2609 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2610 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2611 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2612 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2613 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2614 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2615 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2617 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2618 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2619 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2620 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2622 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2624 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2625 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2626 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2627 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2630 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2631 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2633 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2635 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2636 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2637 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2639 Two important cases are:
2640 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2641 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2642 hardware breakpoint.
2643 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2644 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2645 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2648 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2649 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2650 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2651 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2653 struct mem_region
*mr
2654 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2658 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2660 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2662 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2663 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2665 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2667 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2669 static int said
= 0;
2671 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2674 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2675 _("Note: automatically using "
2676 "hardware breakpoints for "
2677 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2682 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2683 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2685 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2686 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2688 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2690 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2696 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2697 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2698 || bl
->section
== NULL
2699 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2701 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2706 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2708 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2710 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2713 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2719 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2720 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2721 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2723 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2724 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2725 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2726 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2727 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2731 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2733 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2734 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2735 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2737 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2742 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2743 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2745 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2747 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2750 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2754 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2756 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2757 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2761 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2762 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2764 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2769 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2771 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2773 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2776 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2782 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2783 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2788 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2790 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2792 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2793 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2794 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2795 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2796 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2797 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2798 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2799 errors as memory errors. */
2800 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2801 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2802 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2803 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2806 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2807 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2808 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2809 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2811 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2812 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2814 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2815 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2816 "library breakpoints:\n");
2818 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2819 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2820 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2825 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2827 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2828 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2830 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2831 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2832 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2837 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2840 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2841 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2842 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2844 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2845 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2847 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2848 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2852 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2853 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2868 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2869 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2870 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2871 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2875 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2876 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2878 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2880 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2881 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2882 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2884 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2886 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2887 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2891 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2892 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2896 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2897 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2904 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2905 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2908 /* Back to the original value. */
2909 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2913 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2916 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2920 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2921 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2923 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2926 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2930 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2931 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2933 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2936 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2938 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2939 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2940 so just return success. */
2947 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2948 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2952 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2954 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2955 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2957 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2960 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2961 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2964 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2965 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2968 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2970 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2972 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2973 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2974 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2976 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2977 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2979 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2985 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2986 removed locations above. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2990 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2991 Throws exception on any error.
2992 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2993 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2995 insert_breakpoints (void)
2997 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2999 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3000 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3002 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3004 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3007 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3008 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3009 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3010 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3013 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3016 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3022 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3026 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3027 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3028 always-inserted mode. */
3031 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3033 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3036 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3037 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3038 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3040 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3041 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3043 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3044 there was an error. */
3045 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3047 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3051 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3053 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3056 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3057 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3058 deletion of breakpoints. */
3059 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3062 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3064 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3065 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3066 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3067 insert breakpoints. */
3068 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3069 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3072 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3073 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3080 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3081 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3084 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3087 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3090 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3092 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3093 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3096 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3097 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3098 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3100 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3101 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3103 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3104 there was an error. */
3105 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3107 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3111 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3114 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3115 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3116 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3117 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3118 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3121 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3123 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3124 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3125 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3126 insert breakpoints. */
3127 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3128 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3131 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3132 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3137 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3138 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3141 int some_failed
= 0;
3142 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3144 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3147 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3150 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3153 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3154 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3161 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3163 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3165 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3166 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3167 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3175 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3176 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3177 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3179 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3180 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3181 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3183 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3184 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3187 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3190 /* Used when the program stops.
3191 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3192 removing a breakpoint location. */
3195 remove_breakpoints (void)
3197 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3202 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3203 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3208 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3212 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3214 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3218 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3220 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3222 printf_filtered (_("\
3223 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3224 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3226 /* Hide it from the user. */
3232 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3235 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3237 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3239 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3241 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3243 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3246 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3248 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3257 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3259 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3260 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3262 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3263 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3264 struct inferior
*inf
;
3265 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3267 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3271 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3272 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3274 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3276 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3277 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3279 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3281 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3287 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3290 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3295 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3299 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3301 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3302 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3303 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3304 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3305 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3306 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3308 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3311 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3314 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3315 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3319 static struct breakpoint
*
3320 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3321 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3322 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3324 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3325 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3327 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3330 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3331 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3333 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3334 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3335 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3340 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3342 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3344 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3346 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3347 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3349 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3350 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3352 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3353 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3355 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3356 int longjmp_searched
;
3358 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3359 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3361 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3362 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3364 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3365 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3367 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3368 int exception_searched
;
3370 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3371 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3374 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3376 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3377 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3379 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3382 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3384 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3387 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3388 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3390 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3391 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3393 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3395 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3396 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3398 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3399 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3401 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3402 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3404 return bp_objfile_data
;
3408 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3410 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3412 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3413 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3417 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3419 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3420 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3422 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3424 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3425 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3429 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3431 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3434 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3436 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3438 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3439 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3441 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3442 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3445 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3448 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3449 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3451 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3452 p
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3453 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&p
);
3455 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3457 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3458 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3462 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3463 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3466 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3470 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3472 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3473 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3475 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3477 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3479 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3481 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3483 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3486 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3487 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3489 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3491 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3493 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3497 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3500 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3501 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3503 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3505 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3506 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3507 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3511 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3512 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3515 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3518 struct probe
*probe
;
3519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3523 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3524 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3528 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3530 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3531 get_probe_address (probe
,
3534 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3535 p
= ASTRDUP ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3536 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&p
);
3537 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3543 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3546 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3548 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3549 const char *func_name
;
3553 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3556 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3557 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3559 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3561 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3562 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3564 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3565 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3568 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3571 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3572 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3573 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3574 p
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3575 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&p
);
3576 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3580 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3582 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3585 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3587 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3589 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3590 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3591 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3593 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3595 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3597 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3600 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3602 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3604 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3605 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3608 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3610 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3613 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3615 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3617 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3618 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3619 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3621 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3622 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3625 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3628 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3629 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3630 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3631 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3632 p
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3633 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&p
);
3634 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3638 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3640 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3643 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3646 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3648 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3649 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3651 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3653 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3654 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3655 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3659 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3661 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3662 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3666 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3670 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3671 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3673 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3675 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3676 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3677 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3681 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3682 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3685 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3687 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3689 struct probe
*probe
;
3692 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3693 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3697 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3700 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3701 get_probe_address (probe
,
3703 bp_exception_master
,
3704 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3705 p
= ASTRDUP ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3706 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&p
);
3707 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3713 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3715 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3718 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3720 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3722 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3724 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3725 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3727 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3731 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3734 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3735 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3737 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3738 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3739 p
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3740 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&p
);
3741 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3744 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3748 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3750 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3751 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3753 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3754 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3755 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3756 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3757 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3758 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3759 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3760 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3761 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3762 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3763 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3765 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3767 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3770 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3771 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3773 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3777 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3778 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3780 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3784 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3785 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3786 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3787 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3788 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3790 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3794 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3795 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3797 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3801 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3802 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3808 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3810 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3811 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3812 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3814 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3818 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3820 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3821 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3822 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3823 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3827 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3828 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3829 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3830 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3831 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3832 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3834 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3835 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3836 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3837 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3838 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3839 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3840 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3842 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3843 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3844 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3845 let finish_command delete it.
3847 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3848 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3849 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3850 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3851 solib breakpoints.) */
3853 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3858 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3859 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3861 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3863 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3870 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3872 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3874 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3875 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3877 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3878 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3880 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3881 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3884 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3887 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3888 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3889 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3890 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3891 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3892 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3893 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3897 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3900 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3904 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3905 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3906 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3907 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3908 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3911 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3915 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3916 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3918 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3919 This should not ever happen. */
3920 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3922 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3923 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3925 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3926 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3927 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3929 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3930 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3931 || bl
->section
== NULL
3932 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3934 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3936 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3937 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3938 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3939 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3940 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3941 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3942 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3943 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3944 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3945 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3946 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3947 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3948 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3949 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3950 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3951 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3952 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3953 they should always be removed. */
3954 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3955 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3956 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3959 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3963 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3964 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3965 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3967 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3968 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3970 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3971 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3972 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3973 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3974 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3976 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3977 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3979 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3980 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3983 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3984 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3985 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3986 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3988 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3989 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3990 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3991 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3992 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3993 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3999 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4004 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4005 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4006 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4007 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4008 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4009 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4010 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4011 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4012 always-inserted mode. */
4014 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4015 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4016 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4017 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4023 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4025 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4027 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4028 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4030 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4031 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4033 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4034 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4035 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4038 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4039 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4042 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4043 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4045 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4049 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4056 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4059 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4061 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4062 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4064 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4065 This should not ever happen. */
4066 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4068 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4070 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4072 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4074 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4078 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4081 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4083 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4086 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4090 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4091 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4093 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4096 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4097 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4098 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4103 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4105 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4106 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4108 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4110 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4112 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4115 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4117 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4119 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4125 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4127 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4128 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4131 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4133 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4135 case bp_shlib_event
:
4137 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4138 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4139 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4140 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4141 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4143 (gdb) file prog-linux
4144 (gdb) run # native linux target
4147 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4148 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4151 case bp_step_resume
:
4153 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4155 case bp_single_step
:
4157 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4159 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4163 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4164 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4165 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4167 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4169 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4170 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4171 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4172 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4174 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4175 insert_breakpoints. */
4177 value_free (w
->val
);
4188 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4189 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4190 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4191 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4194 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4195 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4196 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4197 match, not program space. */
4199 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4200 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4201 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4202 permanent breakpoint.
4203 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4204 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4205 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4206 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4207 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4209 enum breakpoint_here
4210 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4212 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4213 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4215 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4217 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4218 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4221 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4222 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4224 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4226 if (overlay_debugging
4227 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4228 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4229 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4230 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4231 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4233 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4237 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4240 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4243 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4245 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4248 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4249 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4255 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4259 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4260 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4263 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4266 if (overlay_debugging
4267 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4268 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4269 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4276 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4279 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4281 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4282 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4284 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4286 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4288 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4289 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4292 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4298 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4302 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4305 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4306 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4308 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4310 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4312 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4315 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4322 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4325 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4328 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4329 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4333 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4335 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4338 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4346 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4347 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4349 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4351 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4353 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4355 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4356 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4359 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4362 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4363 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4367 /* Check for intersection. */
4368 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4369 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4378 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4382 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4384 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4387 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4391 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4393 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4394 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4395 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4396 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4400 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4401 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4404 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4421 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4422 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4425 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4429 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4434 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4436 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4437 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4438 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4439 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4440 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4442 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4443 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4447 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4457 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4460 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4465 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4467 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4473 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4476 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4478 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4480 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4482 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4484 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4489 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4498 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4499 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4500 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4501 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4503 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4504 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4506 Return 1 otherwise. */
4509 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4511 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4514 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4516 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4517 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4518 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4519 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4520 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4522 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4524 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4528 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4531 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4533 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4536 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4539 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4543 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4545 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4547 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4549 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4555 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4558 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4560 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4562 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4564 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4565 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4566 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4567 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4568 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4572 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4575 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4578 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4580 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4583 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4584 or its equivalent. */
4587 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4589 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4592 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4593 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4594 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4595 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4597 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4598 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4599 bpstat of the current thread. */
4602 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4605 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4608 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4610 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4613 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4614 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4616 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4618 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4621 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4622 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4624 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4625 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4626 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4628 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4630 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4631 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4632 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4633 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4634 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4635 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4636 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4637 the tree when we're done. */
4638 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4639 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4640 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4641 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4642 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4644 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4650 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4652 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4658 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4659 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4661 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4663 if (interpreter_async
&& target_can_async_p ())
4664 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4665 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4666 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4669 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4670 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4671 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4672 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4673 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4674 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4675 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4676 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4677 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4678 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4679 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4680 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4681 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4686 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4691 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4693 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4695 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4696 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4697 && target_has_execution
4698 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4699 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4700 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4701 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4702 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4703 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4704 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4707 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4710 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4713 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4716 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4719 struct value_print_options opts
;
4720 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4721 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4725 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4726 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4727 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4728 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4731 static enum print_stop_action
4732 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4734 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4737 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4738 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4742 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4743 relevant messages. */
4744 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4747 case print_it_normal
:
4749 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4751 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4752 which has since been deleted. */
4754 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4756 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4757 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4762 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4763 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4768 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4771 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4774 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4776 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4780 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4781 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4782 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4784 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4785 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4786 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4790 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4791 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4795 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4799 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4800 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4803 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4808 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4809 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4810 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4813 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4818 struct so_list
*iter
;
4820 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4822 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4823 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4826 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4831 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4832 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4833 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4836 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4840 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4841 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4842 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4843 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4844 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4845 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4846 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4849 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4850 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4851 code to print the location. An example is
4852 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4854 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4855 to also print the location part of the message.
4856 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4857 don't require a location appended to the end.
4858 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4859 further info to be printed. */
4861 enum print_stop_action
4862 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4864 enum print_stop_action val
;
4866 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4867 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4868 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4869 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4870 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4872 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4873 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4874 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4875 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4879 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4880 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4881 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4882 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4884 print_solib_event (0);
4885 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4888 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4889 with and nothing was printed. */
4890 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4893 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4894 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4895 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4896 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4897 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4898 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4901 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4903 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4904 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4906 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4910 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4913 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4917 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4919 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4920 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4921 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4922 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4923 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4924 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4925 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4927 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4931 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4932 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4935 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4937 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4939 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4941 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4943 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4944 as not triggered. */
4946 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4948 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4950 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4956 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4958 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4959 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4961 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4963 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4965 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4971 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4972 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4976 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4978 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4979 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4981 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4982 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4984 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4986 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4987 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4989 if (newaddr
== start
)
4991 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4995 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4996 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5000 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5009 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5010 because of check_errors). */
5011 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5012 #define WP_DELETED 1
5013 /* The value has changed. */
5014 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5015 /* The value has not changed. */
5016 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5017 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5020 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5021 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5023 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5026 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5027 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5030 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5032 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5033 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5034 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5035 int within_current_scope
;
5037 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5038 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5039 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5041 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5042 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5043 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5044 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5047 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5048 within_current_scope
= 1;
5051 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5052 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5053 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5055 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5056 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5057 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5058 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5059 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5060 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5061 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5062 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5063 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5064 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5067 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5068 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5070 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5071 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5072 if (within_current_scope
)
5074 struct symbol
*function
;
5076 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5077 if (function
== NULL
5078 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5079 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5080 within_current_scope
= 0;
5083 if (within_current_scope
)
5084 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5085 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5090 if (within_current_scope
)
5092 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5093 time before we return to the command level and call
5094 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5095 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5099 struct value
*new_val
;
5101 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5102 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5103 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5104 a mask watchpoint. */
5105 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5107 mark
= value_mark ();
5108 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5110 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5111 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5113 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5114 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5115 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5116 not what we want. */
5117 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5118 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5120 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5122 release_value (new_val
);
5123 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5125 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5128 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5132 /* Nothing changed. */
5133 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5134 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5139 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5141 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5142 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5143 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5144 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5145 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5146 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5147 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5148 the first value assigned). */
5149 /* We print all the stop information in
5150 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5151 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5152 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5154 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5156 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5158 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5160 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5161 which its expression is valid.\n");
5163 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5164 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5165 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5171 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5172 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5173 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5176 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5177 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5178 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5180 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5182 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5183 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5185 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5188 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5189 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5192 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5194 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5195 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5197 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5198 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5199 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5200 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5201 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5204 int must_check_value
= 0;
5206 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5207 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5209 must_check_value
= 1;
5210 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5211 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5212 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5214 must_check_value
= 1;
5215 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5216 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5217 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5218 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5219 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5220 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5221 must_check_value
= 1;
5223 if (must_check_value
)
5226 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5228 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5229 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5231 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5235 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5236 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5240 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5243 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5244 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5246 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5248 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5249 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5250 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5251 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5252 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5253 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5254 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5257 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5258 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5261 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5262 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5263 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5264 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5266 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5267 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5268 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5271 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5272 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5273 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5274 changes. This still gives false positives when
5275 the program writes the same value to memory as
5276 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5277 it for a read), but it's much better than
5280 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5282 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5284 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5286 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5287 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5288 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5290 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5291 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5293 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5294 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5296 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5302 if (other_write_watchpoint
5303 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5305 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5306 and the value changed since the last time we
5307 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5309 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5314 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5315 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5316 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5318 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5319 the value hasn't changed. */
5320 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5328 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5329 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5330 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5331 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5332 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5336 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5338 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5339 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5340 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5341 anything for this watchpoint. */
5342 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5348 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5349 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5350 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5351 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5354 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5356 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5357 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5358 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5359 struct expression
*cond
;
5361 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5363 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5364 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5365 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5366 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5367 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5369 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5370 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5371 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5373 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5374 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5380 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5381 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5383 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5384 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5391 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5393 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5395 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5397 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5404 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5406 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5407 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5409 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5410 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5411 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5412 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5414 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5416 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5417 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5421 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5422 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5423 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5424 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5425 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5427 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5428 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5431 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5433 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5434 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5435 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5436 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5437 really matter which instantiation of the function
5438 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5439 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5440 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5441 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5442 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5443 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5444 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5445 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5447 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5449 select_frame (frame
);
5451 within_current_scope
= 0;
5453 if (within_current_scope
)
5455 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5456 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5460 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5461 "in the current scope"));
5462 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5463 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5466 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5467 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5470 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5474 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5478 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5480 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5484 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5485 on the current target. */
5488 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5490 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5491 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5492 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5493 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5497 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5498 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5500 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5501 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5504 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5506 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5508 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5509 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5510 several reasons concurrently.)
5512 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5513 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5516 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5517 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5518 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5520 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5521 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5522 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5523 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5524 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5525 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5528 int need_remove_insert
;
5531 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5532 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5533 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5534 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5535 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5536 inferior function calls. */
5540 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5543 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5545 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5546 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5547 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5548 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5549 checked all locations already. */
5550 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5553 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5556 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5559 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5562 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5565 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5566 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5567 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5571 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5572 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5573 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5575 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5577 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5579 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5584 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5585 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5586 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5588 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5590 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5591 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5593 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5594 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5597 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5602 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5603 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5604 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5606 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5608 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5610 handle_solib_event ();
5615 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5616 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5617 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5621 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5626 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5627 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5630 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5635 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5637 /* We will stop here. */
5638 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5640 --(b
->enable_count
);
5641 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5642 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5647 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5648 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5649 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5650 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5653 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5658 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5660 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5661 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5664 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5665 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5666 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5668 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5669 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5670 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5672 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5673 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5675 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5677 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5678 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5681 if (need_remove_insert
)
5682 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5683 else if (removed_any
)
5684 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5690 handle_jit_event (void)
5692 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5693 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5695 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5696 breakpoint_re_set. */
5697 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5699 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5700 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5702 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5704 target_terminal_inferior ();
5707 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5709 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5712 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5714 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5718 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5719 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5720 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5722 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5724 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5725 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5726 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5729 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5731 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5732 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5736 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5743 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5744 case bp_single_step
:
5747 case bp_shlib_event
:
5751 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5753 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5756 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5759 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5760 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5761 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5765 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5767 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5771 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5772 This requires no further action. */
5776 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5780 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5781 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5784 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5786 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5787 case bp_exception_resume
:
5790 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5791 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5794 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5796 case bp_step_resume
:
5798 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5801 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5802 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5805 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5807 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5810 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5811 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5814 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5815 case bp_thread_event
:
5816 case bp_overlay_event
:
5817 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5818 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5819 case bp_exception_master
:
5820 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5826 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5828 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5832 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5833 This requires no further action. */
5838 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5841 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5842 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5843 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5844 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5846 case bp_std_terminate
:
5847 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5848 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5849 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5850 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5853 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5854 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5855 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5856 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5858 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5859 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5861 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5862 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5863 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5865 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5866 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5867 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5873 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5875 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5879 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5880 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5883 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5886 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5887 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5892 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5894 handle_jit_event ();
5897 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5899 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5905 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5906 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5908 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5909 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5917 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5918 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5919 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5922 bpstat_should_step (void)
5924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5927 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5933 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5935 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5944 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5945 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5946 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5949 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5951 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5952 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5956 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5958 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5960 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5961 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5962 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5967 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5973 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5974 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5976 "host": Host evals condition.
5977 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5978 "target": Target evals condition.
5982 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5984 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5985 char host_evals
= 0;
5986 char target_evals
= 0;
5991 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5994 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5995 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5996 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5998 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6000 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6006 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6007 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6008 else if (target_evals
)
6009 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6011 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6014 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6015 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6018 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6020 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6023 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6024 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6025 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6027 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6028 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6030 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6033 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6036 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6037 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6039 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6040 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6042 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6046 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6048 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6049 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6050 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6051 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6054 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6057 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6058 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6059 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6061 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6064 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6065 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6066 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6068 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6069 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6070 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6072 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6076 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6077 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6079 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6081 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6083 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6087 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6088 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6089 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6090 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6091 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6092 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6094 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6095 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6098 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6102 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6103 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6104 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6106 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6107 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6108 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6109 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6112 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6116 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6118 struct ep_type_description
6123 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6125 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6126 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6127 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6128 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6129 {bp_until
, "until"},
6130 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6131 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6132 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6133 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6134 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6135 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6136 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6137 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6138 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6139 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6140 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6141 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6142 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6143 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6144 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6145 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6146 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6147 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6148 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6149 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6150 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6151 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6152 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6153 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6154 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6155 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6156 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6157 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6158 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6161 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6162 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6163 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6164 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6167 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6170 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6171 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6174 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6175 const char *field_name
,
6179 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6180 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6184 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6185 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6186 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6189 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6191 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6197 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6198 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6203 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6205 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6207 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6211 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6214 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6217 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6218 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6220 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6223 struct command_line
*l
;
6224 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6226 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6227 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6228 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6229 struct value_print_options opts
;
6231 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6233 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6234 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6235 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6238 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6239 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6247 if (part_of_multiple
)
6250 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6251 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6256 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6261 if (part_of_multiple
)
6262 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6264 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6268 if (part_of_multiple
)
6269 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6271 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6276 if (part_of_multiple
)
6277 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6279 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6280 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6281 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6285 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6287 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6288 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6289 make sure there's just one location. */
6290 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6291 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6297 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6298 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6302 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6303 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6304 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6306 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6308 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6309 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6310 is relatively readable). */
6311 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6312 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6314 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6319 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6320 case bp_single_step
:
6324 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6325 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6327 case bp_exception_resume
:
6328 case bp_step_resume
:
6329 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6330 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6332 case bp_std_terminate
:
6333 case bp_shlib_event
:
6334 case bp_thread_event
:
6335 case bp_overlay_event
:
6336 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6337 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6338 case bp_exception_master
:
6340 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6341 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6344 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6345 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6346 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6349 if (header_of_multiple
)
6350 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6351 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6352 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6354 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6355 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6358 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6359 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6366 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6368 struct inferior
*inf
;
6369 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6374 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6375 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6378 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6379 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6381 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6382 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6383 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6384 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6385 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6386 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6388 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6389 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6392 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6394 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6396 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6397 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6398 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6399 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6401 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6403 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6404 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6408 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6410 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6411 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6413 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6416 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6417 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6419 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6420 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6421 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6424 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6427 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6428 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6430 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6431 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6433 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6434 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6435 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6436 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6437 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6439 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6440 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6441 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6442 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6447 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6449 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6450 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6451 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6452 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6455 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6459 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6460 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6462 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6463 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6465 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6466 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6467 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6468 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6469 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6471 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6475 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6476 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6477 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6481 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6484 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6485 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6486 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6489 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6490 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6491 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6492 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6495 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6496 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6497 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6498 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6499 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6502 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6503 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6506 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6508 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6510 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6512 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6513 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6514 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6518 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6519 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6521 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6524 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6525 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6526 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6529 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6531 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6533 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6535 annotate_field (10);
6536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6537 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6538 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6541 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6543 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6545 annotate_field (11);
6547 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6548 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6549 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6553 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6555 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6561 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6563 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6565 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6567 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6569 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6570 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6571 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6572 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6577 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6578 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6581 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6582 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6584 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6586 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6587 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6589 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6590 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6591 locations, if any. */
6592 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6594 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6595 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6596 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6599 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6600 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6602 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6603 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6605 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6608 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6610 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6611 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6612 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6613 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6620 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6622 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6623 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6625 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6629 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6630 an address to print. */
6631 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6634 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6635 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6636 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6639 return print_address_bits
;
6642 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6648 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6650 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6651 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6652 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6656 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6658 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6666 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6667 char **error_message
)
6669 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6672 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6674 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6675 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6681 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6682 internal or momentary. */
6685 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6687 return b
->number
> 0;
6690 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6691 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6692 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6693 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6694 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6695 breakpoints listed. */
6698 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6699 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6701 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6702 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6703 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6704 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6705 struct value_print_options opts
;
6706 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6707 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6708 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6710 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6712 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6713 required for address fields. */
6714 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6717 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6718 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6721 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6722 accept. Skip the others. */
6723 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6725 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6727 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6731 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6733 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6735 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6736 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6737 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6739 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6740 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6741 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6743 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6747 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6749 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6750 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6754 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6755 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6758 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6759 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6760 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6762 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6763 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6765 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6766 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6767 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6769 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6770 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6772 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6773 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6775 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6777 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6778 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6779 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6781 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6782 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6784 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6786 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6787 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6789 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6794 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6795 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6798 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6799 accept. Skip the others. */
6801 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6803 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6805 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6808 else /* all others */
6810 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6814 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6816 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6817 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6820 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6822 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6824 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6828 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6829 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6831 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6832 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6838 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6839 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6842 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6843 there have been breakpoints? */
6844 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6846 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6849 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6850 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6853 default_collect_info (void)
6855 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6857 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6858 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6860 if (!*default_collect
)
6863 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6865 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6866 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6867 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6871 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6873 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6875 default_collect_info ();
6879 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6881 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6882 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6884 if (num_printed
== 0)
6886 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6887 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6889 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6894 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6896 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6898 default_collect_info ();
6902 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6903 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6904 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6906 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6908 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6910 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6911 && bl
->address
== pc
6912 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6918 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6919 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6923 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6924 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6925 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6928 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6931 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6932 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6936 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6937 else /* if (others == ???) */
6938 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6940 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6943 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6944 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6945 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6946 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6947 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6948 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6949 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6950 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6954 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6956 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6957 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6958 printf_filtered (".\n");
6963 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6964 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6965 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6966 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6968 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6969 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6970 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6971 breakpoint at address zero:
6979 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6981 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6983 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6986 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6987 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6990 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6991 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6993 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6994 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6996 /* Both of them must exist. */
6997 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6998 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7000 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7001 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7002 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7003 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7004 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7005 other watchpoint. */
7007 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7009 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7012 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7014 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7018 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7019 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7020 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7021 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7022 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7023 become hw_access locations later. */
7024 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7025 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7026 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7027 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7030 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7033 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7034 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7036 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7037 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7041 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7042 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7043 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7044 space doesn't really matter. */
7047 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7048 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7051 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7052 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7053 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7056 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7057 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7058 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7059 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7062 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7063 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7066 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7069 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7070 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7074 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7075 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7076 true, otherwise returns false. */
7079 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7080 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7082 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7083 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7084 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7085 different locations. */
7086 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7091 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7092 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7093 represent the same location. */
7096 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7097 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7099 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7101 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7102 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7103 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7105 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7106 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7108 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7111 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7112 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7113 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7115 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7116 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7117 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7118 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7122 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7123 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7125 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7126 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7130 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7131 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7133 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7134 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7136 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7139 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7140 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7141 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7142 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7145 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7146 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7148 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7150 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7153 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7154 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7155 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7156 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7157 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7159 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7160 have their addresses modified. */
7163 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7165 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7166 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7167 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7168 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7169 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7170 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7175 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7177 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7178 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7179 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7181 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7182 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7184 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7185 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7187 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7192 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7193 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7195 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7197 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7202 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7203 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7206 switch (owner
->type
)
7209 case bp_single_step
:
7213 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7214 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7216 case bp_exception_resume
:
7217 case bp_step_resume
:
7218 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7219 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7221 case bp_std_terminate
:
7222 case bp_shlib_event
:
7223 case bp_thread_event
:
7224 case bp_overlay_event
:
7226 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7227 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7228 case bp_exception_master
:
7229 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7230 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7232 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7233 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7235 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7236 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7237 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7239 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7240 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7241 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7242 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7247 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7248 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7249 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7252 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7258 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7260 static struct bp_location
*
7261 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7263 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7267 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7269 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7273 /* Increment reference count. */
7276 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7281 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7282 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7285 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7287 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7289 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7290 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7294 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7297 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7299 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7301 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7302 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7304 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7306 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7315 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7318 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7319 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7321 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7323 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7325 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7329 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7330 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7331 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7333 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7336 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7338 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7339 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7340 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7341 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7345 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7346 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7348 static struct breakpoint
*
7349 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7351 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7353 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7355 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7356 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7360 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7361 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7365 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7367 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7369 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7370 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7371 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7374 const char *function_name
;
7375 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7377 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7378 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7380 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7382 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7384 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7385 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7386 &loc
->requested_address
))
7388 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7389 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7390 loc
->requested_address
,
7393 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7394 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7396 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7397 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7398 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7399 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7401 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7406 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7410 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7412 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7415 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7417 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7422 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7423 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7424 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7426 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7427 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7428 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7431 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7432 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7433 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7435 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7437 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7439 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7440 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7442 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7443 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7445 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7446 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7449 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7450 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7451 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7452 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7453 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7454 is also returned as the value of this function.
7456 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7457 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7458 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7459 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7460 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7461 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7462 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7465 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7466 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7467 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7469 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7471 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7472 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7476 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7477 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7478 initiated the operation. */
7481 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7483 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7484 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7486 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7487 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7488 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7489 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7491 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7492 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7493 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7495 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7496 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7498 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7499 after their removal. */
7500 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7501 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7502 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7505 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7508 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7510 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7512 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7514 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7515 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7517 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7518 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7523 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7525 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7528 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7530 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7531 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7535 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7536 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7537 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7541 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7543 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7546 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7548 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7550 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7551 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7553 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7555 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7557 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7560 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7561 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7562 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7563 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7569 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7570 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7573 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7574 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7578 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7580 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7583 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7585 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7587 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7588 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7589 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7590 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7593 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7595 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7597 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7598 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7599 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7601 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7606 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7611 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7613 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7614 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7615 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7620 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7625 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7627 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7628 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7629 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7633 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7634 master breakpoint. */
7636 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7638 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7641 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7642 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7644 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7645 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7649 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7651 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7653 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7655 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7656 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7657 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7661 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7664 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7665 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7667 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7668 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7670 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7671 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7672 tmp
= xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7673 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmp
);
7674 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&tmp
);
7675 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7677 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7683 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7685 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7688 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7689 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7690 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7693 struct lang_and_radix
7699 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7702 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7704 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7706 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7707 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7708 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7712 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7715 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7717 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7720 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7721 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7722 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7726 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7728 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7731 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7732 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7733 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7736 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7739 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7741 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7743 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7744 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7745 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7746 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7749 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7750 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7751 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7753 static struct breakpoint
*
7754 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7755 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7757 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7759 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7760 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7761 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7766 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7768 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7771 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7774 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7776 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7778 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7780 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7781 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7783 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7789 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7790 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7793 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7795 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7797 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7799 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7800 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7802 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7803 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7804 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7805 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7806 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7807 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7808 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7809 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7810 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7811 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7812 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7813 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7816 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7821 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7822 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7823 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7826 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7828 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7829 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7831 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7832 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7833 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7834 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7835 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7836 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7841 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7842 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7844 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7845 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7846 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7847 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7848 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7849 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7850 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7851 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7852 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7854 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7855 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7856 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7857 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7860 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7861 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7863 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7865 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7866 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7867 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7870 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7875 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7876 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7877 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7880 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7882 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7884 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7887 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7888 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7889 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7890 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7891 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7892 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7893 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7894 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7895 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7896 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7898 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7899 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7904 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7905 int bp_modified
= 0;
7907 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7910 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7912 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7914 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7915 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7918 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7921 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7924 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7925 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7928 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7930 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7931 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7932 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7933 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7934 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7937 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7944 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7948 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7950 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7951 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7952 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7953 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7954 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7956 struct fork_catchpoint
7958 /* The base class. */
7959 struct breakpoint base
;
7961 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7962 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7963 catchpoint has triggered. */
7964 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7967 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7971 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7973 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7976 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7980 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7982 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7985 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7989 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7990 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7991 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7993 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7995 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7998 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8002 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8005 static enum print_stop_action
8006 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8008 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8009 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8010 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8012 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8013 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8014 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8016 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8017 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8019 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8020 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8021 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8023 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8024 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8025 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8026 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8027 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8030 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8034 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8036 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8037 struct value_print_options opts
;
8038 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8040 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8042 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8043 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8045 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8046 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8049 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8051 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8052 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8053 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8054 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8057 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8058 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8061 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8065 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8067 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8070 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8074 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8077 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8080 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8082 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8084 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8088 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8090 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8093 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8097 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8099 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8102 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8106 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8107 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8108 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8110 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8112 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8115 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8119 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8122 static enum print_stop_action
8123 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8125 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8126 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8127 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8129 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8130 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8133 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8134 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8136 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8137 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8138 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8140 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8141 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8142 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8143 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8144 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8147 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8151 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8153 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8154 struct value_print_options opts
;
8155 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8157 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8158 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8159 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8161 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8162 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8164 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8165 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8167 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8168 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8169 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8170 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8173 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8174 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8177 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8181 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8183 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8186 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8190 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8192 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8193 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8196 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8198 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8200 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8201 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8202 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8203 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8204 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8206 struct solib_catchpoint
8208 /* The base class. */
8209 struct breakpoint base
;
8211 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8212 unsigned char is_load
;
8214 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8215 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8221 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8223 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8226 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8227 xfree (self
->regex
);
8229 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8233 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8239 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8245 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8246 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8248 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8250 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8251 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8253 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8256 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8258 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8260 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8263 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8266 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8269 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8271 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8280 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8282 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8283 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8288 struct so_list
*iter
;
8291 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8296 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8305 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8310 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8316 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8319 static enum print_stop_action
8320 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8322 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8323 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8325 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8326 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8327 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8329 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8330 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8331 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8333 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8334 print_solib_event (1);
8335 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8339 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8341 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8342 struct value_print_options opts
;
8343 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8346 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8347 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8348 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8350 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8353 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8360 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8362 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8367 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8369 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8371 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8374 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8375 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8376 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8380 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8382 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8384 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8385 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8389 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8391 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8393 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8394 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8395 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8398 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8401 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8403 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8404 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8405 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8406 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8407 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8408 created in an enabled state. */
8411 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8413 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8414 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8415 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8419 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8421 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8422 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8428 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8431 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8433 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8434 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8436 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8439 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8440 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8441 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8443 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8445 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8446 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8449 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8453 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8454 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8457 const int enabled
= 1;
8459 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8461 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8465 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8466 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8468 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8472 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8473 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8475 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8478 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8479 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8480 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8481 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8484 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8485 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8487 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8489 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8492 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8494 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8496 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8497 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8501 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8503 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8504 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8505 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8506 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8509 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8512 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8516 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8517 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8518 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8520 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8522 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8524 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8526 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8529 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8531 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8532 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8533 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8534 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8535 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8537 struct exec_catchpoint
8539 /* The base class. */
8540 struct breakpoint base
;
8542 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8543 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8545 char *exec_pathname
;
8548 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8552 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8554 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8556 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8558 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8562 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8564 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8568 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8570 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8574 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8575 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8576 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8578 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8580 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8583 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8587 static enum print_stop_action
8588 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8590 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8591 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8592 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8594 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8595 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8598 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8599 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8601 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8602 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8603 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8605 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8606 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8607 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8608 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8610 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8614 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8616 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8617 struct value_print_options opts
;
8618 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8620 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8622 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8623 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8624 is relatively readable). */
8625 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8626 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8628 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8629 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8631 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8632 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8633 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8636 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8637 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8641 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8643 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8646 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8650 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8653 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8656 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8659 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8662 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8663 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8667 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8668 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8670 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8672 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8679 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8683 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8686 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8688 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8691 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8693 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8695 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8701 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8702 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8703 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8704 types _not_ TYPE. */
8707 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8708 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8711 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8713 *other_type_used
= 0;
8718 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8721 if (b
->type
== type
)
8722 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8723 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8724 *other_type_used
= 1;
8731 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8733 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8737 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8739 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8740 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8746 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8748 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8752 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8754 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8755 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8761 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8763 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8768 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8770 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8771 breakpoint_re_set ();
8774 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8777 static struct breakpoint
*
8778 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8780 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8782 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8783 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8785 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8786 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8789 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8791 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8796 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8797 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8801 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8802 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8804 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8806 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8808 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8810 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8811 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8812 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8813 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8815 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8816 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8818 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8819 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8821 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8826 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8827 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8828 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8830 static struct breakpoint
*
8831 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8833 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8836 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8838 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8839 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8840 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8842 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8843 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8844 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8845 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8846 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8847 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8848 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8849 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8850 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8851 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8852 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8853 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8855 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8856 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8857 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8859 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8863 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8867 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8869 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8873 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8877 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8880 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8882 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8884 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8885 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8887 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8891 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8894 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8896 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8897 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8899 printf_filtered ("\n");
8903 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8905 static struct bp_location
*
8906 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8907 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8909 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8910 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8911 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8913 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8914 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8916 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8917 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8918 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8919 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8920 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8921 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8922 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8925 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8926 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8927 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8928 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8933 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8934 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8935 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8936 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8937 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8938 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8939 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8940 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8941 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8942 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8944 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8945 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8947 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8948 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8949 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8950 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8951 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8952 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8953 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8954 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8955 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8956 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8957 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8958 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8960 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8967 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8970 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8974 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8975 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8976 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8980 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8982 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8986 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8988 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8989 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8990 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8991 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8993 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8994 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8997 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9002 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9003 return 0 otherwise. */
9006 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9008 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9011 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9013 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9014 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9016 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9018 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9023 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9024 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9027 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9029 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9030 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9035 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9037 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9039 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9041 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9043 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9044 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9046 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9047 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9048 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9050 if (!dprintf_function
)
9051 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9053 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9054 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9059 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9063 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9065 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9066 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9069 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9070 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9074 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9075 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9077 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9078 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9080 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9081 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9083 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9084 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9085 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9086 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9087 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9089 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9093 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9094 current style settings. */
9097 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9098 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9104 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9105 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9109 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9110 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9111 as condition expression. */
9114 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9115 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9116 struct event_location
*location
,
9117 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9119 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9120 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9121 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9122 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9123 int display_canonical
)
9127 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9129 int target_resources_ok
;
9131 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9132 target_resources_ok
=
9133 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9135 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9136 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9137 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9138 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9141 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9143 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9145 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9146 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9150 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9152 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9154 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9155 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9160 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9164 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9165 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9166 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9167 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9168 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9170 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9171 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9173 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9175 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9176 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9178 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9180 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9181 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9182 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9186 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9188 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9190 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9191 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9193 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9195 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9197 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9199 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9200 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9202 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9204 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9207 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9208 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9215 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9216 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9222 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9224 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9225 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9227 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9230 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9231 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9232 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9234 if (b
->extra_string
)
9235 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9237 error (_("Format string required"));
9239 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9240 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9243 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9244 if (location
!= NULL
)
9245 b
->location
= location
;
9249 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9251 tmp
= xstrprintf ("*%s",
9252 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9253 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmp
);
9254 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&tmp
);
9255 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9261 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9262 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9263 struct event_location
*location
,
9264 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9266 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9267 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9268 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9269 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9270 int display_canonical
)
9272 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9273 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9275 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9277 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9279 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9283 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9285 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9287 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9289 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9291 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9293 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9295 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9297 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9300 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9301 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9302 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9303 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9304 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9305 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9306 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9307 we take just a single condition string.
9309 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9310 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9311 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9312 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9313 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9316 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9317 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9318 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9319 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9320 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9321 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9322 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9325 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9327 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9328 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9330 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9332 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9333 'break', without arguments. */
9334 struct event_location
*location
9335 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9336 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9337 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9338 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9340 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9341 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9344 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9346 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9347 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9348 canonical
->special_display
);
9349 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9353 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9354 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9355 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9356 linespec locations).
9358 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9359 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9362 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9363 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9365 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9367 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9369 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9371 if (address
== NULL
)
9373 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9374 breakpoint address. */
9375 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9377 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9378 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9381 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9382 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9383 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9385 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9386 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9387 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9388 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9389 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9390 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9392 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9394 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9395 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9396 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9397 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9398 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9400 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9402 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9403 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9404 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9406 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9410 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9414 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9415 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9416 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9417 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9419 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9420 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9421 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9422 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9424 const char *address
= NULL
;
9426 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9427 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9431 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9432 && address
[1] != '['))
9434 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9435 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9436 get_last_displayed_line (),
9437 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9442 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9443 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9447 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9448 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9451 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9455 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9456 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9459 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9460 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9461 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9462 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9463 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9467 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9468 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9471 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9473 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9475 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9477 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9479 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9481 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9482 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9483 associated with SAL. */
9486 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9487 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9490 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9491 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9493 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9497 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9499 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9500 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9502 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9505 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9506 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9507 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9508 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9509 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9510 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9513 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9514 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9517 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9524 const char *end_tok
;
9526 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9527 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9529 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9531 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9533 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9537 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9539 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9541 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9543 struct expression
*expr
;
9545 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9546 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9549 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9551 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9556 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9558 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9559 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9560 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9563 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9568 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9570 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9571 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9572 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9577 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9581 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9585 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9587 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9588 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9590 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9591 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9592 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9593 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9598 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9600 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9602 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9603 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9605 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9606 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9607 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9609 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9610 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9612 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9614 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9616 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9618 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9620 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9621 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9623 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9626 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9632 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9635 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9636 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9637 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9639 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9641 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9642 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9643 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9646 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9647 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9648 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9651 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9653 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9655 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9656 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9657 extra_string
= NULL
;
9659 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9663 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9665 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9667 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9669 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9671 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9674 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9675 throw_exception (e
);
9677 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9679 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9680 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9681 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9682 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9683 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9686 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9687 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9688 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9689 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9693 throw_exception (e
);
9697 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9700 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9701 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9703 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9704 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9705 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9706 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9707 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9709 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9710 are ok for the target. */
9714 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9716 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9717 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9720 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9721 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9724 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9726 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9727 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9730 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9731 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9738 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9740 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9742 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9743 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9744 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9745 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9747 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9748 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9750 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9752 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9754 extra_string
= rest
;
9756 extra_string
= NULL
;
9760 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9761 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9762 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9764 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9767 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9768 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9770 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9773 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9774 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9778 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9779 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9780 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9781 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9782 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9786 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9788 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9790 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9792 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9796 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9798 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9799 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9802 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9805 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9808 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9809 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9811 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9815 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9816 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9818 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9819 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9821 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9822 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9823 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9824 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9825 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9826 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9827 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9828 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9830 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9833 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9835 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9836 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9837 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9840 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9842 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9843 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9844 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9846 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9847 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9852 /* Set a breakpoint.
9853 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9854 condition, and thread.
9855 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9856 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9860 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9862 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9863 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9864 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9866 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9867 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9868 struct event_location
*location
;
9869 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9871 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9872 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9874 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9875 if (arg_cp
!= NULL
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9876 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9878 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9880 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9882 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9883 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9884 0 /* Ignore count */,
9885 pending_break_support
,
9891 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9894 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9897 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9901 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9903 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9904 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9905 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9908 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9909 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9910 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9911 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9914 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9916 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9917 const struct block
*b
;
9920 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9921 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9924 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9927 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9928 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9933 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9934 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9935 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9936 happen in assembly source). */
9938 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9939 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9941 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9943 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9945 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9947 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9954 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9956 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9960 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9962 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9966 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9968 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9972 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9974 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9978 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9980 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9981 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9982 stop at <line>\n"));
9986 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9990 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9992 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9997 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9998 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9999 function/method name. */
10000 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10002 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10007 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10009 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10013 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10015 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10019 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10023 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10027 char *argptr
= arg
;
10030 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10031 it is probably a line number. */
10032 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10034 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10039 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10041 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10045 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10047 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10050 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10051 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10052 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10056 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10058 struct event_location
*location
;
10059 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10061 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10062 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10064 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10065 the next character must be ','. */
10068 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10069 error (_("Format string required"));
10072 /* Skip the comma. */
10077 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10079 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10081 0 /* Ignore count */,
10082 pending_break_support
,
10083 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10088 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10092 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10094 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10097 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10098 ranged breakpoints. */
10101 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10102 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10104 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10106 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10107 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10110 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10111 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10114 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10115 ranged breakpoints. */
10118 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10120 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10123 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10124 ranged breakpoints. */
10126 static enum print_stop_action
10127 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10129 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10130 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10131 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10133 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10135 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10136 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10138 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10139 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10140 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10142 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10143 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10145 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10146 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10147 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10149 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10150 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10152 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10155 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10156 ranged breakpoints. */
10159 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10160 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10162 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10163 struct value_print_options opts
;
10164 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10166 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10167 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10169 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10171 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10172 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10173 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10174 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10175 annotate_field (5);
10176 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10180 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10181 ranged breakpoints. */
10184 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10185 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10187 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10188 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10189 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10190 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10194 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10195 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10197 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10198 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10199 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10200 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10201 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10202 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10204 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10207 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10208 ranged breakpoints. */
10211 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10213 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10214 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10217 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10219 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10222 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10223 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10224 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10227 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10228 ranged breakpoints. */
10231 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10233 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10234 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10235 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10236 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10239 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10241 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10243 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10244 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10245 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10246 last instruction of the given line. */
10249 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10253 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10254 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10255 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10262 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10264 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10266 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10273 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10276 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10278 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10279 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10280 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10283 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10284 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10285 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10286 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10288 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10289 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10290 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10292 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10293 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10294 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10296 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10297 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10299 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10300 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10301 error(_("No address range specified."));
10303 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10306 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10307 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10308 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10309 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10312 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10313 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10314 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10316 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10318 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10319 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10320 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10322 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10323 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10324 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10326 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10327 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10329 /* Parse the end location. */
10331 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10334 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10335 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10336 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10337 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10338 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10339 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10340 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10341 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10342 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10343 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10345 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10347 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10348 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10350 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10351 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10352 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10353 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10355 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10357 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10358 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10359 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10361 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10363 /* Length overflowed. */
10364 error (_("Address range too large."));
10365 else if (length
== 1)
10367 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10368 the `hbreak' command. */
10369 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10371 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10376 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10377 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10378 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10379 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10380 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10381 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10382 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10383 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10384 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10386 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10389 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10390 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10393 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10394 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10395 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10399 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10401 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10407 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10408 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10411 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10421 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10422 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10423 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10424 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10425 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10427 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10454 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10457 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10458 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10463 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10464 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10465 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10466 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10467 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10468 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10469 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10471 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10472 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10477 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10479 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10480 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10481 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10482 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10484 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10485 are always constant. */
10487 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10489 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10490 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10491 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10496 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10497 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10498 then it is not a constant. */
10507 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10510 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10512 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10514 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10516 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10517 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10518 value_free (w
->val
);
10520 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10523 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10526 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10528 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10530 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10531 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10533 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10534 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10535 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10536 are loaded and unloaded.
10538 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10539 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10540 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10541 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10542 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10543 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10545 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10546 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10547 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10548 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10550 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10551 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10553 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10554 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10555 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10558 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10561 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10563 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10564 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10566 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10570 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10573 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10575 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10576 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10578 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10583 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10584 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10585 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10587 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10588 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10590 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10591 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10592 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10593 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10594 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10595 (did not match the data address). */
10596 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10597 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10604 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10606 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10608 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10611 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10612 hardware watchpoints. */
10615 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10617 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10618 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10620 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10623 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10624 hardware watchpoints. */
10627 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10629 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10630 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10633 static enum print_stop_action
10634 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10636 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10637 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10638 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10639 enum print_stop_action result
;
10640 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10641 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10643 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10645 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10646 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10648 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10649 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10653 case bp_watchpoint
:
10654 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10655 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10656 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10657 ui_out_field_string
10659 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10661 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10662 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10663 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10664 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10665 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10666 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10667 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10668 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10669 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10670 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10673 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10674 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10675 ui_out_field_string
10677 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10679 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10680 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10681 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10682 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10683 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10684 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10687 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10688 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10690 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10691 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10692 ui_out_field_string
10694 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10696 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10697 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10698 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10699 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10700 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10705 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10706 ui_out_field_string
10708 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10709 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10710 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10712 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10713 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10714 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10715 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10718 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10721 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10725 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10729 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10731 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10732 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10733 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10737 case bp_watchpoint
:
10738 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10739 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10741 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10742 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10743 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10745 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10746 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10747 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10749 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10750 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10751 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10754 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10755 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10758 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10759 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10760 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10761 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10764 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10768 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10770 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10774 case bp_watchpoint
:
10775 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10778 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10781 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10782 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10785 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10786 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10789 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10790 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10793 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10797 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10799 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10800 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10801 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10807 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10809 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10811 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10812 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10815 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10817 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10819 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10820 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10823 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10824 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10827 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10829 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10831 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10832 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10835 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10836 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10839 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10841 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10843 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10846 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10847 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10850 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10855 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10856 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10858 static enum print_stop_action
10859 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10861 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10862 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10864 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10865 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10870 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10871 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10872 ui_out_field_string
10874 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10877 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10878 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10879 ui_out_field_string
10881 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10884 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10886 ui_out_field_string
10888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10891 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10892 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10896 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10897 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10898 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10899 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10901 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10902 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10905 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10906 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10909 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10910 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10912 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10914 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10915 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10917 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10918 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10919 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10922 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10923 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10926 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10928 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10929 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10930 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10934 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10935 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10936 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10938 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10940 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10942 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10944 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10947 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10948 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10951 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10952 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10953 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10954 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10957 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10958 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10961 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10963 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10968 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10969 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10971 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10972 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10974 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10978 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10979 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10982 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10984 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10987 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10989 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10991 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10994 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10996 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10999 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11000 hw_read: watch read,
11001 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11003 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11004 int just_location
, int internal
)
11006 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11007 struct expression
*exp
;
11008 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11009 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11010 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11011 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11012 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11013 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11014 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11016 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11017 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11018 enum bptype bp_type
;
11021 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11022 the hardware watchpoint. */
11024 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11025 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11027 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11029 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11030 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11032 const char *value_start
;
11034 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11036 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11037 of the arguments string. */
11038 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11040 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11041 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11044 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11045 This is the value of the parameter. */
11046 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11048 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11050 /* Skip whitespace. */
11051 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11056 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11057 This is the parameter itself. */
11058 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11061 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11063 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11065 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11066 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11067 only in a specific thread. */
11071 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11073 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11074 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11076 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11078 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11079 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11081 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11082 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11083 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11085 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11087 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11088 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11090 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11093 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11095 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11097 mark
= value_mark ();
11098 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11099 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11100 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11103 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11106 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11107 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11114 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11115 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11117 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11118 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11119 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11120 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11121 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11123 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11124 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11126 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11129 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11130 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11134 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11135 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11137 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11140 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11141 mark
= value_mark ();
11142 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11144 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11146 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11147 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11154 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11155 val
= value_addr (result
);
11156 release_value (val
);
11157 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11161 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11164 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11165 else if (ret
== -2)
11166 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11169 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11170 release_value (val
);
11172 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11173 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11175 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11176 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11178 struct expression
*cond
;
11180 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11181 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11182 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11184 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11185 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11186 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11192 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11194 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11196 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11197 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11198 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11199 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11200 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11202 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11205 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11206 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11207 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11208 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11210 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11212 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11213 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11215 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11216 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11218 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11219 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11220 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11221 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11222 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11223 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11224 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11225 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11226 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11230 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11231 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11232 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11233 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11235 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11236 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11237 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11238 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11240 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11242 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11245 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11246 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11248 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11249 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11250 b
->thread
= thread
;
11251 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11252 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11254 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11255 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11258 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11259 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11262 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11263 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11265 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11266 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11269 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11270 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11272 /* The above expression is in C. */
11273 b
->language
= language_c
;
11276 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11280 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11285 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11286 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11291 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11293 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11297 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11298 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11302 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11303 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11306 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11308 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11309 need to act on them together. */
11310 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11311 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11314 if (!just_location
)
11315 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11319 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11320 that should be inserted. */
11321 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11323 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11325 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11326 throw_exception (e
);
11330 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11331 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11334 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11335 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11338 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11340 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11341 struct value
*head
= v
;
11343 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11344 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11347 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11348 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11349 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11350 hardware watchpoint.
11352 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11353 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11354 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11355 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11356 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11357 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11358 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11359 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11360 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11362 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11363 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11364 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11365 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11366 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11368 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11370 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11371 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11372 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11373 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11374 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11375 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11379 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11380 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11381 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11383 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11384 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11385 middle of some value chain. */
11387 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11388 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11390 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11394 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11395 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11396 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11398 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11402 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11406 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11407 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11408 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11409 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11410 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11413 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11414 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11415 return found_memory_cnt
;
11419 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11421 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11424 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11425 calls watch_command_1. */
11428 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11430 int just_location
= 0;
11433 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11434 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11436 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11440 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11444 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11446 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11450 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11452 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11456 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11458 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11462 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11464 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11468 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11470 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11474 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11475 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11477 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11479 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11480 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11484 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11485 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11486 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11489 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11491 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11493 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11494 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11495 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11496 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11500 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11502 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11503 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11504 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11505 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11506 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11507 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11508 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11509 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11510 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11512 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11513 struct event_location
*location
;
11515 clear_proceed_status (0);
11517 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11520 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11521 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11523 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11524 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11525 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11526 get_last_displayed_line ());
11528 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11529 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11531 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11532 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11534 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11535 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11538 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11540 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11542 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11545 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11547 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11548 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11549 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11552 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11553 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11554 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11555 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11557 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11560 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11562 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11564 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11565 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11566 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11570 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11572 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11573 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11576 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11580 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11581 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11582 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11583 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11585 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11586 only at the very same frame. */
11587 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11588 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11589 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11591 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11593 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11594 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11595 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11596 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11598 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11600 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11601 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11603 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11604 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11605 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11607 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11608 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11609 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11613 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11615 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11618 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11619 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11621 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11622 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11623 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11624 if clause in the arg string. */
11627 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11631 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11634 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11637 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11638 condition string. */
11639 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11640 cond_string
= *arg
;
11642 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11644 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11646 return cond_string
;
11649 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11650 process start/exit, etc. */
11654 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11655 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11660 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11661 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11663 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11664 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11665 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11668 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11669 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11670 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11674 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11676 /* The allowed syntax is:
11678 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11680 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11681 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11683 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11684 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11686 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11687 and enable reporting of such events. */
11690 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11691 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11692 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11693 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11695 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11696 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11697 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11698 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11701 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11707 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11708 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11710 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11711 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11713 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11715 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11719 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11721 /* The allowed syntax is:
11723 catch exec if <cond>
11725 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11726 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11728 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11729 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11731 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11732 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11733 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11734 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11736 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11740 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11741 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11742 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11744 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11751 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11753 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11755 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11756 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11757 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11758 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11759 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11760 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11761 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11762 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11763 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11764 enough for now, though. */
11767 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11769 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11770 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11771 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11772 language_def (language_ada
));
11773 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11777 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11779 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11784 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11786 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11789 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11792 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11794 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11795 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11796 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11797 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11799 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11801 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11804 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11808 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11811 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11814 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11816 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11817 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11820 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11821 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11823 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11827 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11828 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11829 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11830 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11835 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11836 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11837 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11838 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11840 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11841 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11842 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11843 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11844 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11845 error (_("No source file specified."));
11847 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11853 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11854 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11855 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11856 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11858 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11859 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11860 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11861 due to optimization, all in one block.
11863 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11864 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11865 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11866 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11867 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11868 to support that. */
11870 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11871 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11872 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11876 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11877 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11879 const char *sal_fullname
;
11881 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11882 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11883 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11886 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11891 1 0 <can't happen> */
11893 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11894 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11895 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11897 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11901 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11902 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11904 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11905 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11907 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11908 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11909 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11911 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11912 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11913 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11914 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11915 int line_match
= 0;
11917 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11918 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11919 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11920 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11921 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11922 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11923 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11926 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11935 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11939 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11940 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11943 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11945 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11948 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11949 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11950 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11951 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11952 compare_breakpoints
);
11953 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11954 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11958 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11963 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11964 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11967 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11968 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11970 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11973 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11976 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11977 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11980 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11982 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11985 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11986 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11987 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11990 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11992 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11994 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11995 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11996 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11998 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12002 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12003 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12007 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12008 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12009 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12010 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12011 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12012 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12015 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12017 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12018 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12020 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12021 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12023 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12024 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12027 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12028 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12029 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12031 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12032 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12033 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12035 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12036 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12037 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12039 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12040 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12041 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12043 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12046 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12047 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12048 content of the bp_location array. */
12051 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12053 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12055 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12056 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12060 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12062 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12065 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12066 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12068 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12069 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12070 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12071 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12073 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12075 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12076 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12077 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12078 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12082 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12085 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12088 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12090 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12093 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12095 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12097 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12098 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12099 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12101 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12102 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12103 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12106 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12108 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12109 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12110 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12111 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12114 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12116 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12119 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12121 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12122 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12123 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12124 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12127 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12130 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12133 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12135 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12136 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12137 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12138 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12140 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12141 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12142 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12143 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12144 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12146 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12147 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12148 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12149 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12150 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12151 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12152 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12153 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12156 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12157 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12158 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12162 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12164 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12165 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12166 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12169 address
= bl
->address
;
12170 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12172 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12173 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12174 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12176 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12177 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12180 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12181 the same program space as the location
12182 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12183 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12184 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12188 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12189 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12192 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12193 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12194 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12195 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12196 that have already been marked. */
12197 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12199 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12201 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12203 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12204 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12208 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12209 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12210 locations are duplicate of which.
12212 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12213 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12217 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12220 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12221 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12222 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12223 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12224 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12225 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12227 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12228 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12229 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12230 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12231 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12233 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12234 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12235 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12236 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12238 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12239 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12240 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12241 unsigned old_location_count
;
12243 old_location
= bp_location
;
12244 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12245 bp_location
= NULL
;
12246 bp_location_count
= 0;
12247 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12250 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12251 bp_location_count
++;
12253 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12254 locp
= bp_location
;
12255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12256 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12258 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12259 bp_location_compare
);
12261 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12263 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12264 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12265 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12266 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12267 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12270 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12271 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12273 locp
= bp_location
;
12274 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12277 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12278 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12280 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12281 not, we have to free it. */
12282 int found_object
= 0;
12283 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12284 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12287 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12288 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12289 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12290 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12294 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12295 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12298 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12299 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12300 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12302 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12303 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12304 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12306 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12307 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12310 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12314 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12315 have to go through updates again. */
12316 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12318 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12320 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12322 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12323 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12324 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12325 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12326 at certain location is not inserted. */
12328 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12330 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12333 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12335 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12336 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12337 keep_in_target
= 1;
12341 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12342 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12343 remove its target-side condition. */
12345 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12346 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12347 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12348 this one from the target. */
12350 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12351 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12354 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12355 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12358 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12360 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12362 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12363 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12364 supported, but the latter are. */
12365 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12367 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12368 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12371 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12372 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12374 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12375 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12377 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12378 keep_in_target
= 1;
12386 if (!keep_in_target
)
12388 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12390 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12391 this location on the global list, and try to
12392 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12393 reason why we will succeed next time.
12395 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12396 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12397 only after calling us. */
12398 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12399 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12400 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12408 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12409 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12411 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12412 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12413 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12414 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12415 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12416 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12417 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12418 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12419 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12420 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12421 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12422 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12423 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12424 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12427 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12428 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12430 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12431 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12432 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12433 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12434 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12435 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12436 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12437 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12438 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12439 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12440 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12441 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12442 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12445 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12446 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12447 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12448 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12450 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12451 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12452 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12453 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12454 traps we can no longer explain. */
12456 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12457 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12459 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12463 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12464 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12469 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12470 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12471 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12472 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12473 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12474 are sorted first for the same address.
12476 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12477 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12479 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12480 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12481 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12482 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12483 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12485 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12487 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12490 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12491 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12492 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12493 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12494 `struct bp_location'. */
12495 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12497 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12498 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12502 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12503 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12504 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12505 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12506 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12507 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12509 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12511 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12512 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12513 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12515 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12516 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12518 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12520 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12521 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12522 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12528 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12529 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12530 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12532 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12533 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12535 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12536 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12539 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12541 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12542 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12545 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12546 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12547 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12548 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12549 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12551 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12555 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12556 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12558 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12562 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12564 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12567 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12568 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12570 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12571 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12577 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12582 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12584 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12590 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12593 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12597 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12598 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12600 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12601 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12602 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12606 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12608 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12610 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12612 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12616 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12620 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12622 struct value_print_options opts
;
12624 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12626 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12628 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12630 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12631 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12632 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12633 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12635 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12636 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12638 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12640 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12641 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12646 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12647 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12653 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12655 printf_filtered (" at ");
12656 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12659 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12661 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12663 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12664 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12665 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12666 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12668 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12669 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12670 real situation somewhat. */
12671 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12672 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12677 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12679 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12681 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12686 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12689 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12691 xfree (self
->cond
);
12692 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12693 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12694 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12696 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12697 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12700 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12705 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12709 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12711 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12712 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12713 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12714 xfree (self
->filter
);
12715 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12716 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12719 static struct bp_location
*
12720 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12722 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12724 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12725 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12730 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12732 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12735 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12736 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12739 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12741 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12745 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12747 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12751 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12752 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12754 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12756 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12760 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12765 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12769 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12771 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12774 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12778 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12780 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12783 static enum print_stop_action
12784 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12786 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12790 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12791 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12797 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12799 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12803 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12805 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12809 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12810 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12811 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12812 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12814 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12818 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12819 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12821 char *extra_string
,
12822 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12823 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12825 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12826 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12827 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12828 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12830 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12834 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12835 const struct event_location
*location
,
12836 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12838 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12841 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12844 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12849 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12852 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12854 /* Nothing to do. */
12857 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12859 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12860 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12861 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12862 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12863 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12864 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12865 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12866 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12867 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12868 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12870 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12871 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12872 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12873 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12874 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12875 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12876 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12877 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12880 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12883 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12885 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12886 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
12888 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12889 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12893 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12897 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12899 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12900 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12902 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12906 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12908 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12909 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12911 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12915 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12916 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12917 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12919 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12920 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12923 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12927 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12928 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12929 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12936 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12937 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12938 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12940 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12941 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12943 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12944 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12945 be set at the same address. */
12949 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12953 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12955 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12960 static enum print_stop_action
12961 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12964 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12966 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12968 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12970 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12971 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12973 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12974 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12975 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12978 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12980 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12982 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12983 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12985 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12986 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12987 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12989 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12990 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12992 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12996 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13003 case bp_breakpoint
:
13004 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13005 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13006 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13008 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13009 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13010 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13011 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13013 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13014 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13017 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13025 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13027 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13029 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13030 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13031 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13032 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13033 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13034 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13035 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13037 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13038 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13040 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13041 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13043 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13044 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13045 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13046 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13048 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13052 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13053 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13054 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13056 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13060 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13061 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13063 char *extra_string
,
13064 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13065 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13067 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13068 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13069 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13070 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13072 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13073 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13075 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13076 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13077 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13081 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13082 const struct event_location
*location
,
13083 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13085 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13088 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13091 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13095 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13096 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13097 case bp_overlay_event
:
13098 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13099 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13100 case bp_exception_master
:
13101 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13104 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13105 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13106 case bp_shlib_event
:
13108 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13109 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13110 case bp_thread_event
:
13116 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13118 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13120 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13121 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13122 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13123 objects (among other things). */
13124 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13125 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13131 static enum print_stop_action
13132 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13134 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13136 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13140 case bp_shlib_event
:
13141 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13142 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13143 to shlib event" message.) */
13144 print_solib_event (0);
13147 case bp_thread_event
:
13148 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13149 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13150 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13153 case bp_overlay_event
:
13154 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13155 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13158 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13159 /* These should never be enabled. */
13160 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13163 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13164 /* These should never be enabled. */
13165 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13166 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13169 case bp_exception_master
:
13170 /* These should never be enabled. */
13171 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13172 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13176 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13180 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13182 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13185 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13188 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13190 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13191 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13192 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13193 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13197 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13199 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13202 static enum print_stop_action
13203 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13205 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13207 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13209 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13214 ui_out_field_string
13216 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13220 ui_out_field_string
13222 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13227 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13231 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13233 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13236 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13238 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13239 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13242 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13244 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13247 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13249 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13252 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13255 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13257 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13261 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13263 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13264 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13273 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13275 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13276 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13277 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13281 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13285 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13286 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13287 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13289 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13291 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, canonical
);
13292 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13293 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13297 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13298 const struct event_location
*location
,
13299 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13301 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
);
13303 error (_("probe not found"));
13306 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13309 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13311 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13315 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13316 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13317 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13319 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13325 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13326 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13328 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13329 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13331 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13333 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13334 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13335 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13336 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13341 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13343 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13348 case bp_tracepoint
:
13349 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13350 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13352 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13353 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13354 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13356 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13357 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13358 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13361 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13362 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13369 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13371 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13373 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13375 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13377 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13380 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13381 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13383 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13384 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13385 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13387 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13388 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13392 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13393 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13394 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13396 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13400 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13401 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13403 char *extra_string
,
13404 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13405 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13407 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13408 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13409 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13410 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13412 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13413 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13415 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13416 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13417 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13421 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13422 const struct event_location
*location
,
13423 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13425 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13428 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13430 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13434 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13435 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13436 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13437 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13439 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13440 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13444 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13445 const struct event_location
*location
,
13446 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13448 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13449 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, sals
);
13452 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13454 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13457 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13459 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13461 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13462 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13464 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13465 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13466 3 - disconnect from target 1
13467 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13469 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13470 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13471 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13472 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13473 it all the time. */
13474 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13475 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13478 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13481 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13484 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13486 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13489 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13492 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13493 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13494 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13495 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13496 address are all handled. */
13499 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13501 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13502 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13503 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13505 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13506 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13507 condition not be evaluated. */
13510 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13511 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13512 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13513 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13514 commands here throws. */
13515 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13516 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13517 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13519 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13521 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13522 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13524 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13527 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13531 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13532 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13533 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13535 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13536 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13538 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13540 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13541 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13543 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13544 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13545 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13546 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13548 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13549 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13553 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13554 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13556 char *extra_string
,
13557 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13558 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13560 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13561 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13562 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13563 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13566 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13567 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13569 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13570 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13571 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13572 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13573 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13574 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13576 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13578 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13579 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13580 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13581 struct event_location
*location
;
13583 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13584 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13586 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13587 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13589 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13590 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13592 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13593 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13594 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13595 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13596 canonical
->special_display
);
13597 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13598 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13599 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13600 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13601 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13602 corresponds to this one */
13603 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13605 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13607 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13612 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13613 const struct event_location
*location
,
13614 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13616 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13617 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13619 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13620 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13622 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13626 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13629 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13632 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13634 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13637 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13641 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13643 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13645 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13647 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13648 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13651 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13652 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13653 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13654 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13655 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13658 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13659 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13660 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13661 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13663 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13666 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13667 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13668 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13670 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13671 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13673 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13674 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13675 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13676 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13680 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13682 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13683 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13684 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13685 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13686 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13689 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13690 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13691 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13692 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13694 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13696 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13697 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13699 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13700 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13702 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13706 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13708 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13709 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13710 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13711 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13712 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13713 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13714 commands won't work. */
13716 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13718 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13719 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13720 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13721 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13722 might be better design to have location completely
13723 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13724 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13726 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13727 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13728 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13729 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13734 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13736 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13740 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13742 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13745 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13746 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13749 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13750 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13754 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13759 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13761 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13762 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13764 if (next
== related
)
13766 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13767 function (related
, data
);
13769 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13770 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13775 function (related
, data
);
13779 while (related
!= b
);
13783 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13785 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13788 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13789 delete_breakpoint. */
13792 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13794 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13798 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13800 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13806 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13808 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13809 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13810 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13812 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13814 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13818 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13820 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13823 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13828 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13832 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13834 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13835 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13836 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13841 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13842 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13843 Null names are ignored. */
13846 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13848 struct bp_location
*l
;
13849 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13850 (int (*) (const void *,
13851 const void *)) streq
,
13852 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13854 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13857 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13859 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13863 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13865 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13869 htab_delete (htab
);
13875 htab_delete (htab
);
13879 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13880 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13881 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13882 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13883 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13884 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13885 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13886 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13889 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13890 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13891 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13892 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13893 in the sources, and output a warning.
13895 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13896 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13897 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13898 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13899 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13902 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13903 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13904 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13905 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13906 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13907 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13908 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13909 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13910 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13912 static struct symtab_and_line
13913 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13915 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13916 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13921 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13923 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13925 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13926 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13928 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13930 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13931 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13932 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13937 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13939 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13941 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13942 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13944 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13947 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13949 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13952 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13953 struct symbol
*sym
;
13954 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13955 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13956 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13958 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13960 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13961 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13963 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13964 "found at previous line number"),
13965 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13969 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13971 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13972 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13973 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13976 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13977 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13978 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13980 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13981 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13982 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13984 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13986 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13988 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13991 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13992 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13994 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13995 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13997 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
13998 p
= tmp
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13999 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14000 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14001 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmp
);
14002 b
->location
= new_linespec_location (&tmp
);
14003 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
14005 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14008 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14014 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14015 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14018 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14022 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14025 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14028 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14035 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14041 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14042 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14043 a ranged breakpoint. */
14046 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14047 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14048 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14051 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14053 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14055 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14057 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14058 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14059 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14060 "multiple locations found\n"),
14065 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14066 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14067 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14068 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14069 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14070 individual locations. */
14071 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14076 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14078 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14080 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14082 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14084 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14086 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14090 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14093 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14094 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14097 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14099 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14100 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14101 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14102 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14107 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14109 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14111 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14115 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14118 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14119 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14120 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14121 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14122 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14123 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14124 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14126 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14128 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14130 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14131 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14133 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14134 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14142 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14143 if (l
->function_name
14144 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14154 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14155 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14157 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14160 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14161 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14163 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14164 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14167 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14168 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14170 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14174 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, &sals
);
14176 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14178 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14182 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14183 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14184 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14185 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14186 state, then user already saw the message about that
14187 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14189 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14190 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14191 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14192 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14193 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14194 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14196 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14198 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14199 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14200 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14201 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14202 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14203 which approach is better. */
14204 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14205 throw_exception (e
);
14210 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14214 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14215 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14216 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14218 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14221 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14222 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14224 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14226 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14227 b
->thread
= thread
;
14231 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14232 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14234 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14237 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14238 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14248 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14249 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14253 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14256 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14257 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14258 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14260 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, &found
);
14263 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14267 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14269 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
, &found
);
14272 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14273 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14277 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14280 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14281 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14284 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14285 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14286 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14288 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14291 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14292 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14296 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14297 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14299 char *extra_string
,
14300 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14301 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14303 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14304 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14305 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14306 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14308 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14310 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14311 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14312 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14315 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14316 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14319 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14320 const struct event_location
*location
,
14321 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14323 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14325 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14326 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14327 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14328 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14331 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14332 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14334 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14336 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14338 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14339 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14340 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14342 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14345 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14348 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14350 static struct cleanup
*
14351 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14353 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14355 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14356 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14357 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14358 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14359 set_language (b
->language
);
14364 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14365 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14366 Unused in this case. */
14369 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14371 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14372 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14373 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14375 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14376 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14377 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14381 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14383 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14385 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14386 enum language save_language
;
14387 int save_input_radix
;
14388 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14390 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14391 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14392 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14396 /* Format possible error msg. */
14397 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14399 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14400 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14401 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14403 set_language (save_language
);
14404 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14406 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14408 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14410 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14411 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14412 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14413 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14416 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14418 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14419 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14421 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14423 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14425 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14426 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14428 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14429 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14430 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14432 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14436 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14437 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14438 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14441 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14443 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14448 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14449 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14451 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14453 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14454 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14459 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14463 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14464 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14466 else if (count
== 1)
14467 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14470 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14471 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14474 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14478 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14481 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14484 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14490 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14492 num
= get_number (&p
);
14494 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14496 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14498 set_ignore_count (num
,
14499 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14502 printf_filtered ("\n");
14505 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14506 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14509 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14514 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14516 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14518 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14519 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14521 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14523 while (!state
.finished
)
14525 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14529 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14532 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14536 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14537 if (b
->number
== num
)
14540 function (b
, data
);
14544 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14549 static struct bp_location
*
14550 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14552 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14556 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14557 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14562 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14564 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14567 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14572 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14573 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14576 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14578 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14582 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14585 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14591 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14592 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14593 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14596 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14598 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14599 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14600 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14601 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14604 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14606 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14607 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14609 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14610 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14612 struct bp_location
*location
;
14614 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14615 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14618 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14620 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14623 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14626 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14628 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14631 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14632 disable_breakpoint. */
14635 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14637 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14641 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14645 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14648 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14649 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14653 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14657 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14659 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14666 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14668 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14669 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14670 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14671 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14673 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14676 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14677 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14683 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14686 int target_resources_ok
;
14688 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14691 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14692 target_resources_ok
=
14693 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14695 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14696 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14697 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14698 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14701 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14703 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14704 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14708 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14710 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14711 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14712 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14714 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14716 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14717 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14724 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14726 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14727 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14729 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14730 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14732 struct bp_location
*location
;
14734 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14735 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14738 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14739 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14740 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14742 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14747 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14749 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14753 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14755 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14758 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14759 enable_breakpoint. */
14762 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14764 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14767 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14768 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14769 in stopping the inferior. */
14772 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14776 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14779 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14780 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14784 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14788 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14790 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14797 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14799 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14800 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14801 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14802 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14804 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14807 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14808 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14813 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14823 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14825 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14827 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14831 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14833 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14835 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14839 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14841 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14845 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14847 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14849 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14853 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14858 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14860 count
= get_number (&args
);
14862 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14866 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14868 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14870 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14874 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14876 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14880 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14885 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14889 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14890 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14894 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14895 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14896 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14898 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14900 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14901 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14902 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14904 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14906 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14908 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14910 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14911 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14912 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14913 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14915 value_free (wp
->val
);
14923 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14926 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14927 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14930 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14931 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14932 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14934 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14936 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14937 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
14940 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14942 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14943 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14944 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14946 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14949 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14952 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14953 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14956 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14958 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14960 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14966 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14970 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14973 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14977 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14978 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14984 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14986 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14988 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14990 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14991 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14995 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14997 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14998 struct event_location
*location
;
14999 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15000 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15002 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15003 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15004 if (arg_cp
!= NULL
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
15005 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15007 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15009 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15011 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15013 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15014 0 /* Ignore count */,
15015 pending_break_support
,
15019 0 /* internal */, 0);
15020 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15024 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15026 struct event_location
*location
;
15027 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15029 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15030 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15031 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15033 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15035 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15036 0 /* Ignore count */,
15037 pending_break_support
,
15038 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15041 0 /* internal */, 0);
15042 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15045 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15048 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15050 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15051 struct event_location
*location
;
15052 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15054 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15055 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15056 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15058 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15059 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15063 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15064 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15067 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15068 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15070 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15072 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15073 0 /* Ignore count */,
15074 pending_break_support
,
15078 0 /* internal */, 0);
15079 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15082 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15083 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15085 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15086 static int next_cmd
;
15089 read_uploaded_action (void)
15093 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15100 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15101 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15102 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15103 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15104 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15106 struct tracepoint
*
15107 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15109 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15110 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15111 struct event_location
*location
;
15112 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15114 if (utp
->at_string
)
15115 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15118 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15119 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15120 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15122 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15123 "source location, using raw address"),
15125 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15126 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15129 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15130 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15131 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15132 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15135 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15136 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15137 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15139 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15140 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15142 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15143 0 /* Ignore count */,
15144 pending_break_support
,
15145 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15147 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15149 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15151 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15155 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15157 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15158 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15159 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15163 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15166 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15169 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15170 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15171 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15173 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15175 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15180 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15182 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15184 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15185 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15186 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15187 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15190 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15191 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15192 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15197 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15201 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15203 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15206 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15208 if (num_printed
== 0)
15210 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15211 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15213 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15216 default_collect_info ();
15219 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15220 Not supported by all targets. */
15222 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15224 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15227 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15228 Not supported by all targets. */
15230 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15232 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15235 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15237 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15239 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15245 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15247 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15248 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15249 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15251 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15252 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15254 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15258 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15260 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15262 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15263 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15264 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15268 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15271 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15274 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15276 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15277 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15279 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15280 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15283 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15285 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15286 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15287 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15290 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15292 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15293 unsigned int count
;
15295 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15296 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15297 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15299 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15301 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15302 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15304 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15306 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15308 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15310 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15312 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15313 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15316 else if (*args
== '\0')
15318 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15320 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15324 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15326 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15327 while (!state
.finished
)
15329 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15331 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15336 struct tracepoint
*
15337 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15339 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15341 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15342 if (t
->number
== num
)
15343 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15348 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15349 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15352 struct tracepoint
*
15353 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15357 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15359 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15361 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15368 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15369 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15370 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15371 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15373 struct tracepoint
*
15374 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15375 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15377 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15379 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15383 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15384 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15386 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15387 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15389 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15393 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15394 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15397 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15401 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15402 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15404 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15407 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15412 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15414 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15415 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15423 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15424 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15425 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15429 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15430 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15432 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15434 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15435 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15436 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15438 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15439 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15441 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15444 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15445 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15448 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15449 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15454 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15456 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15458 /* We can stop searching. */
15465 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15469 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15470 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15471 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15473 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15474 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15475 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15477 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15478 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15482 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15483 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15486 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15487 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15490 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15492 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15493 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15496 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15499 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15502 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15504 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15508 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15511 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15513 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15515 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15516 throw_exception (ex
);
15520 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15524 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15525 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15527 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15528 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15529 special, and not user visible. */
15530 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15532 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15535 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15537 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15541 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15542 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15545 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15546 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15549 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15552 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15554 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15557 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15560 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15562 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15565 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15567 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15568 all_tracepoints (void)
15570 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15571 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15573 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15575 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15582 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15583 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15584 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15586 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15587 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15588 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15589 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15590 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15591 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15592 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15593 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15594 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15595 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15596 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15597 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15599 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15600 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15602 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15603 conditions are different.\n\
15605 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15607 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15608 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15610 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15611 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15614 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15615 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15616 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15617 void *user_data_catch
,
15618 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15620 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15622 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15624 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15625 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15626 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15628 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15630 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15631 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15632 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15636 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15638 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15639 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15640 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15643 struct breakpoint
*
15644 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15647 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15651 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15658 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15659 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15662 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15664 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15665 non-inline function. */
15666 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15672 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15673 have been inlined. */
15676 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15677 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15680 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15684 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15687 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15689 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15690 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15698 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15701 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15703 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15705 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15706 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15707 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15711 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15713 static int initialized
= 0;
15715 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15721 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15722 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15723 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15724 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15725 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15726 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15727 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15728 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15729 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15730 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15731 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15732 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15734 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15735 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15736 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15737 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15738 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15739 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15740 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15741 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15743 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15744 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15745 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15746 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15747 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15748 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15749 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15750 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15751 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15752 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15754 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15755 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15756 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15757 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15758 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15759 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15760 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15762 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15763 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15764 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15765 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15766 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15767 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15768 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15770 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15771 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15772 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15773 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15775 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15776 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15777 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15778 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15779 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15780 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15781 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15784 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15785 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15786 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15787 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15788 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15789 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15790 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15791 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15792 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15793 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15794 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15795 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15796 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15797 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15799 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15800 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15801 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15802 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15803 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15804 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15805 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15806 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15807 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15808 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15809 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15812 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15813 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15814 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15815 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15816 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15817 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15818 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15819 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15820 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15821 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15823 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15824 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15825 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15826 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15827 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15829 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15830 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15831 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15832 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15833 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15834 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15836 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15837 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15838 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15839 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15840 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15841 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15842 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15843 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15844 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15845 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15847 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15848 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15849 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15850 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15851 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15852 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15853 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15854 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15855 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15856 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15858 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15859 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15860 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15861 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15862 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15863 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15864 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15865 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15866 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15867 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15868 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15870 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15871 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15872 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15873 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15874 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15875 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15876 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15877 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15878 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15879 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15880 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15881 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15883 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15884 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15885 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15886 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15887 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15888 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15889 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15890 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15891 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15894 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15896 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15899 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15901 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15903 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15905 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15906 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15907 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15909 breakpoint_objfile_key
15910 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15912 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15913 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15914 before a breakpoint is set. */
15915 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15917 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15919 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15920 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15921 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15923 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15924 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15925 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15926 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15927 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15928 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15929 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15930 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15932 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15933 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15934 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15935 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15936 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15938 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15939 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15940 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15941 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15942 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15944 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15945 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15947 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15948 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15949 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15950 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15952 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15953 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15955 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15956 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15957 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15958 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15960 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15961 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15963 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15964 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15965 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15966 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15967 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15968 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15969 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15971 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15973 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15974 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15975 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15976 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15977 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15978 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15980 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15981 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15982 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15985 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15986 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15987 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15990 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15991 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15992 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15993 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15996 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15997 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15998 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16001 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16002 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16003 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16006 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16007 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16008 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16009 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16012 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16013 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16014 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16015 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16016 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16017 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16018 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16019 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16021 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16022 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16023 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16024 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16025 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16026 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16029 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16030 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16031 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16032 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16034 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16035 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16036 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16037 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16038 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16040 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16041 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16042 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16043 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16044 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16047 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16048 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16049 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16050 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16051 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16052 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16054 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16055 is executing in.\n\
16057 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16058 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16060 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16061 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16062 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16063 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16065 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16066 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16067 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16068 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16072 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16073 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16074 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16075 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16076 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16077 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16078 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16079 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16080 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16081 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16082 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16083 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16084 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16085 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16086 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16087 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16089 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16090 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16091 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16092 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16093 breakpoint set."));
16096 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16097 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16098 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16099 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16100 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16101 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16102 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16103 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16104 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16106 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16107 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16108 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16109 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16110 breakpoint set."));
16112 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16114 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16115 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16116 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16117 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16118 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16119 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16120 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16121 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16122 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16123 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16124 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16125 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16126 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16128 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16129 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16130 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16131 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16133 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16135 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16136 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16137 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16138 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16140 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16141 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16142 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16143 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16145 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16146 catch_fork_command_1
,
16148 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16149 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16150 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16151 catch_fork_command_1
,
16153 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16154 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16155 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16156 catch_exec_command_1
,
16160 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16161 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16162 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16163 catch_load_command_1
,
16167 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16168 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16169 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16170 catch_unload_command_1
,
16175 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16176 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16177 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16178 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16179 an expression changes.\n\
16180 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16181 the memory to which it refers."));
16182 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16184 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16185 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16186 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16187 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16188 an expression is read.\n\
16189 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16190 the memory to which it refers."));
16191 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16193 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16194 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16195 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16196 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16197 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16198 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16199 the memory to which it refers."));
16200 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16202 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16203 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16205 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16206 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16207 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16208 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16209 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16210 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16211 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16212 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16213 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16216 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16217 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16219 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16221 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16223 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16224 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16226 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16227 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16228 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16230 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16231 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16232 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16233 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16235 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16236 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16238 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16239 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16240 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16242 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16243 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16245 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16246 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16247 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16248 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16249 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16250 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16251 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16252 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16253 the selected stack frame.\n\
16254 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16255 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16256 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16257 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16259 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16261 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16262 conditions are different.\n\
16264 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16265 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16266 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16268 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16269 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16270 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16271 last tracepoint set."));
16273 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16275 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16276 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16277 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16278 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16280 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16282 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16283 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16284 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16285 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16287 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16289 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16290 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16291 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16292 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16294 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16296 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16297 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16298 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16299 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16300 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16302 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16303 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16304 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16305 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16307 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16308 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16309 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16310 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16311 session to restore them."),
16313 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16315 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16316 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16317 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16319 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16321 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16322 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16324 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16325 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16326 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16327 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16328 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16329 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16330 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16331 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16332 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16333 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16334 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16335 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16337 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16338 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16339 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16340 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16341 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16342 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16343 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16344 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16346 show_pending_break_support
,
16347 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16348 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16350 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16352 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16353 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16354 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16355 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16356 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16357 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16358 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16360 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16361 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16362 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16364 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16365 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16366 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16367 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16368 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16369 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16370 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16371 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16372 when execution stops."),
16374 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16375 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16376 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16378 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16379 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16380 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16381 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16382 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16383 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16384 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16385 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16386 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16387 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16388 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16389 be set to \"gdb\""),
16390 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16391 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16392 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16393 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16395 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16396 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16397 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16398 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16399 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16400 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16401 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16402 or the start of the range\n\
16403 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16404 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16405 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16407 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16408 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16409 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16411 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16412 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16413 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16414 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16415 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16416 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16417 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16419 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16420 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16421 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16422 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16423 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16424 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16425 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16426 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16427 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16428 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16429 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16430 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16432 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16433 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16434 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16435 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16436 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16437 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16438 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16440 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16441 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16442 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16443 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16444 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16445 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16446 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16448 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16449 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16450 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16451 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16452 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16453 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16456 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16458 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16459 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16460 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16462 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16464 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16465 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);